See in Reader
Merge branch 'master' into lrsallee-tc-create-1
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
commit
f3489305c6
|
|
@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2KI 13 3 sii1 figs-metaphor 0 The anger of Yahweh burned against Israel Yahweh becoming angry with Israel is spoken of as if his anger was a fire that burned. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh became very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2KI 13 3 u4tp figs-metonymy 0 gave them continually into the hand of Hazael king of Aram and into the hand of Ben Hadad son of Hazael Here “them” refers to Israel and “hand” refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: “allowed Hazael the king of Aram, and Ben Hadad, his son, to repeatedly defeat the Israelites in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 4 hcy2 0 implored Yahweh Alternate translation: “prayed to Yahweh”
|
||||
2KI 13 4 gh**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “the king of Aram was oppressing them.” Alternate translation: “he saw how severely the king of Aram was oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 13 4 gh67 you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “the king of Aram was oppressing them.” Alternate translation: “he saw how severely the king of Aram was oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2KI 13 5 n7zw 0 a rescuer Alternate translation: “someone to rescue them”
|
||||
2KI 13 5 lp9p figs-metonymy 0 they escaped from the hand of the Arameans Here “hand” refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: “he enabled them to be free from Aram’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2KI 13 6 jts3 figs-metaphor 0 they did not depart from the sins of the house of Jeroboam To stop sinning is spoken of as if they departed from the sins. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Israel did not stop doing the same sins as Jeroboam had done” or “Israel continued to commit the same sins as Jeroboam had committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it has a wrong number of fields in line 777.
|
550
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
550
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -539,76 +539,76 @@ MRK 9 7 lg0e figs-yousingular ἀκούετε 1 **Listen** is a command or inst
|
|||
MRK 9 8 hq73 writing-pronouns οὐκέτι…εἶδον 1 they no longer saw Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 q2qv writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 pdmm writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w1nf writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter and James and John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w1nf writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James and John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 wter διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen”
|
||||
MRK 9 9 t07p ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 9 zttm figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 zttm figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can clarify that Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 edv3 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves”
|
||||
MRK 9 10 edv3 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense, to mean “matter” or “event.” Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves”
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise from the dead See how you translated the phrase “rise from the dead” in [9:10](../09/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 they were questioning him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 je29 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 wgsr translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 wgsr translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 o8hf writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 xazj figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Sone of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 And how is it written about the Son of Man that he would suffer many things and would be despised? Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 xazj figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 toik figs-activepassive καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 would be despised If it would be more natural in your language, you can state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him If it would help your readers, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having come to the disciples Alternate translation: “When Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
|
||||
MRK 9 14 qsp3 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus and Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 having come to the disciples Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
|
||||
MRK 9 14 qsp3 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 15 qhc3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν 1 All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse, refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers you can clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 16 w679 writing-pronouns καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 17 a2j6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 17 eluu πνεῦμα 1 See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 he becomes rigid Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid”
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not The phrase **the were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not The phrase **they were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-extrainfo ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 answering them, he says Here, the pronoun **them** is plural so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly who **them** refers to. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 azc9 figs-abstractnouns ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 You unbelieving generation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 nbw0 figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||||
MRK 9 19 c88a figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 azc9 figs-abstractnouns ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 You unbelieving generation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 nbw0 figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history and specifically to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||||
MRK 9 19 c88a figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you? The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long will I have to be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 will I bear with you Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you”
|
||||
MRK 9 19 nrya figs-yousingular φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 9 20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 the spirit See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 20 l4r5 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 threw him into a convulsion In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute spirit and mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 nrya figs-yousingular φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 9 20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 the spirit See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 20 l4r5 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 threw him into a convulsion In this verse the first and fourth occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son” who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 20 vdj4 writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer Jesus. If it would help your readers, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 21 f5zm καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 From childhood Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’”
|
||||
MRK 9 22 f5yu figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 having had compassion In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first. The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
MRK 9 22 fbup figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 vh6c εἰ δύνῃ? 1 ‘If you are able’? The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
|
||||
MRK 9 22 f5yu figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 having had compassion In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
MRK 9 22 fbup figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 vh6c εἰ δύνῃ 1 ‘If you are able’? The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more natural in your language you can express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’”
|
||||
MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things are possible for the one believing Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God”
|
||||
MRK 9 23 e5kk figs-explicit τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one believing The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would help your readers you can say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 24 h4y6 figs-explicit βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help me in my unbelief The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power but rather these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 24 wssi figs-abstractnouns βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd is running to them This means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 b54j grammar-collectivenouns ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 24 wssi figs-abstractnouns βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd is running to them The phrase **the crowd is running to them** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 b54j grammar-collectivenouns ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 ul8k figs-explicit τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 25 zd5c figs-go ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 having cried out Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out”
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 convulsed him greatly Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-nominaladj ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 he became like a dead person Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν 1 so that many Alternate translation: “so that many people said”
|
||||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up Alternate translation: “helped him get up”
|
||||
MRK 9 28 f0x7 figs-go εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Your language may say “come” rather than “went” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 28 f0x7 figs-go εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 28 zwjp εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house”
|
||||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “privately”
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to kinds of unclean spirits. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than “come out” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to a kind of unclean spirit. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 f4gm ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 31 vpj9 ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 vpj9 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed”
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 z754 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 fkf6 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important and serve everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Being **first** figuratively represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** figuratively represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Being **first** figuratively represents people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** figuratively represents people who are not esteemed by others because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately you could express the meaning using plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 ioiu figs-nominaladj εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jqo3 figs-ellipsis ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -616,14 +616,14 @@ MRK 9 35 z9x2 figs-declarative ἔσται…ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using t
|
|||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
|
||||
MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 uik3 figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 uik3 figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God who sent him. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who has sent me Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 a3d3 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us Here, **following** does not seem to mean to be one of Jesus’ disciples, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 a3d3 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he was not following us Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 39 oynl figs-litotes μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 9 39 yw2q figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in the previous verse [9:39](../09/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 39 yw2q figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 39 h7ez figs-abstractnouns κακολογῆσαί 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us Alternate translation: “is not opposing us”
|
||||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-explicit ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 may give you a cup of water in the name that you are of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another. This is a figurative way of referring to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If your readers would not understand this you can use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -634,52 +634,51 @@ MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not l
|
|||
MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 a large millstone *large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone”. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 bx6c figs-explicit περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 if your hand may cause you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-hypo καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 a large millstone *large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 bx6c figs-explicit περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 if your hand may cause you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do something sinful with your hand. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ifcv figs-hyperbole ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν 1 When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand** because Judaism taught against harming one’s body and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere, that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 h9lh figs-hyperbole κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 wd7y figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 43 l5bf figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 h9lh figs-hyperbole κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 l5bf figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “to live with God forever” or “live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out”
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 if your foot may cause you to stumble Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 if your foot may cause you to stumble Here, the word **foot** is a metonym for going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. f your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 so26 figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 figs-hyperbole εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 hbt9 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 okc3 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 h4dv figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended and has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” that was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 figs-hyperbole εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God he will restore their bodies of any physical injuries or impairments. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 hbt9 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 okc3 figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Here, **eye** is a metonym for desiring to sin as a result of looking at something which God has prohibited. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 h4dv figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. This phrase has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” which was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 9 47 t7uv figs-hyperbole μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful to your readers you can clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire If your language does not use the active form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 may become unsalty “loses its salty taste”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? **with what will you season it** is a rhetorical question. can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 will you season it “will you make it taste salty again”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 syc9 figs-rpronouns ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves personally. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 may become unsalty Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 with what will you season it? By using the phrase **with what will you season it** is not asking for information but rather is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 will you season it Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt** that people possess. If your readers would not understand what this means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 syc9 figs-rpronouns ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted each of his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 tind figs-yousingular εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 **be at peace with one another** is a command or instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
|
||||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7-8](../mrk/10/07.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jesus’ teaching about divorce\n\nThe Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nMetaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)).
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
|
||||
MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj figs-nominaladj ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 He made them Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 jz57 figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and this verse and the next two verses continue his direct speech to the Pharisees. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and desires and instead choosing one’s own will and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/05.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj figs-nominaladj ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 He made them Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, males and females. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 jz57 figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Beginning in the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart” and in this verse and the next two verses he continues to address the Pharisees. In this verse, beginning with the phrase *He made them male and female** Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:9](../mrk/10/09.md). Jesus entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks and his quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks because it is a quote within a quote. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the words from the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 7 lfzd grammar-collectivenouns καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 7 ycp7 figs-explicit καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 The phrase **a man will leave his father and mother** does not mean that a man necessarily has to stop living in his father’s and mother’s home once he gets married. Rather it means (COME BACK) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 8 rd63 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 and the two will become one flesh In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md).
|
||||
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor to illustrate a husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If your readers would not understand what this means you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one separate them” or “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 pty4 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 10 l8fu figs-explicit περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 11 i5kp ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever Alternate translation: “Anyone who”
|
||||
MRK 10 11 i5kp figs-genericnoun ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever **Whoever** here does not refer to anyone, but rather to any person who **might divorce his wife and marry another** person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,26 +686,25 @@ MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν το
|
|||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck figs-explicit οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 may certainly not enter into it Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 having taken them into his arms Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms”
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to “inherit eternal life” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 in order that I might inherit everlasting life Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used metaphorically to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal.” If your readers would not understand what it means to **inherit eternal life** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 17 d0iy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 10 17 h45i figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus’ question “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is asks in order to make a point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 uwt6 τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one {is} good except God alone**, Jesus is asking the man a rhetorical question in order to make a point. The Bible clearly teaches that Jesus is God and Jesus affirms elsewhere that he believes that he is God. Make sure that your translation does not portray Jesus as denying his own moral perfection or divinity here.
|
||||
MRK 10 18 gyod τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things to do and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God’s character.
|
||||
MRK 10 19 qs3e figs-quotesinquotes τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 17 h45i figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν 1 Why are you calling me good? Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 gyod figs-explicit τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 19 qs3e figs-quotesinquotes τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
|
||||
MRK 10 20 bd3s Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking Here, **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you are lacking Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If your readers would not understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the phrase **the poor** with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 iij4 figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 treasure Jesus speaks figuratively of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **have treasure in heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 22 afu7 figs-synecdoche τῷ λόγῳ 1 Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 10 22 afu7 figs-synecdoche τῷ λόγῳ 1 Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one having many possessions Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things”
|
||||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 but again answering, Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again”
|
||||
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Children, how Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** figuratively to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and so Jesus regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this in a non-figurative way as UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Children, how Here, Jesus is using the term **Children** figuratively to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this in a non-figurative way as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 10 25 t4y8 translate-unknown εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 the eye of a needle **the eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** that thread passes through. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 10 27 vfyb figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 27 vfyb figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: See the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 29 zhx5 figs-litotes οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 1 there is no one who has left The phrase **there is no one who has left** is a litotes. Jesus uses the negative word **no** to negate **one** in order to emphasize that every single person who leaves things for Jesus’ sake will receive the rewards that he lists in the next verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “everyone who has left” or “every person who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
|
||||
|
|
@ -716,15 +714,15 @@ MRK 10 31 y2lu figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔ
|
|||
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 32 hq7y figs-explicit οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who are following behind Some people were walking behind Jesus and his twelve disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 32 k1nn figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 pv4w figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 pv4w figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 qkq9 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be delivered** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ohsf figs-abstractnouns καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ohsf figs-abstractnouns καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
|
||||
MRK 10 34 ccd3 figs-123person ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
MRK 10 34 t0lt writing-pronouns ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 34 ccd3 figs-123person ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 they will mock In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
MRK 10 34 t0lt writing-pronouns ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from his grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire … for us … we may ask Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 ch2r Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 10 36 he8f writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -732,80 +730,79 @@ MRK 10 37 xwf8 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 The pronou
|
|||
MRK 10 37 n1fv figs-exclusive δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν 1 Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 kyg6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking Drinking a **cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know Alternate translation: “You do not understand”
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 to drink the cup which I am drinking The phrase **to drink the cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo or experience. In the Bible suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “suffer as I will suffer” or “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pax6 figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here, this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and death by crucifixion. If your readers would not understand this metaphor for suffering, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 hlue figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm writing-pronouns οἱ…αὐτοῖς 1 We are able Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 hlue figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm writing-pronouns οἱ…αὐτοῖς 1 We are able Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 hc1g figs-idiom τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε 1 you will drink **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 c15v figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** metaphorically. See how you translated Jesus’ metaphorical use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 humc figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 humc figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/07/14.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 i48d figs-explicit οἱ δέκα 1 **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 i48d figs-explicit οἱ δέκα 1 **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 having summoned them, Jesus Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he”
|
||||
MRK 10 42 zfr3 figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 zfr3 figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 exercise authority over If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 43 zfz6 figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 But it is not this way among you The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you” and refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than the Gentile rulers do” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 to become great Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected”
|
||||
MRK 10 43 gfun figs-declarative ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
MRK 10 44 e7sn figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Here, **to be first** is a metaphor for being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 44 qzo8 figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
MRK 10 44 u5yb figs-hyperbole δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great lengths Jesus’ followers should go to in order to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 ctta figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
MRK 10 45 pmk3 figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “leave” and “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 44 u5yb figs-hyperbole ἔσται…δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If Jesus’ exaggeration would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act similar to slaves in their service to others as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 ctta figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
MRK 10 45 pmk3 figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “leave” or “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 a3fr figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 For even the Son of Man did not come to be served The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to be served, but to serve Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people”
|
||||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many Alternate translation: “in place of many people” or “in exchange for many people”
|
||||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many Alternate translation: “in place of many people’s lives” or “in exchange for many people”
|
||||
MRK 10 46 n4i3 figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 46 bq3j figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus Your language may say “coming out” rather than **going out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ow3g translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός 1 The people call **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 opm0 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus** which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 having heard that it was Jesus The blind man is using the word **Son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 10 46 bq3j figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, son of Timaeus Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ow3g translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός 1 The people call Jesus, **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 opm0 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason result statement. **And** introduces the reason **having heard that it was Jesus**, which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason result statement. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 having heard that it was Jesus The blind man is using the word **Son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If this would confuse your readers you can use an equivalent expression or express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ylls figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 s2dr figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 s2dr figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)
|
||||
MRK 10 47 tvkh figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ 1 many were rebuking Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout”
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 much more The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently”
|
||||
MRK 10 48 l86a figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h writing-pronouns φωνοῦσι 1 they call Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 n6xl figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 bjuw figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 ub7w figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 he was following him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
|
||||
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would help your readers this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 bjuw figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted” as modeled by the UST or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 52 ub7w figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 he was following him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see” as modeled by the UST or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
|
||||
MRK 11 1 ch4j figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 bi22 figs-go ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 opposite us Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 si41 figs-youdual ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
|
||||
MRK 11 2 r41g translate-unknown πῶλον 1 a colt The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no man has yet sat Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 zloo figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
|
||||
MRK 11 3 aw3v figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 q446 figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful to your readers you can say explicitly what the word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this? If it would be helpful to your readers you can say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 immediately he sends it back here Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it”
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 they went away Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
|
||||
MRK 11 7 k9g7 translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
|
||||
MRK 11 7 sbqy figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 many spread their cloaks on the road Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 8 jk2o translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
|
||||
MRK 11 8 fwl0 ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments”
|
||||
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 and others, branches having been cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm **branches** on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “and others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you can translate it according to how it was used, as the UST does. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 ye41 figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 those following The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name”
|
||||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers you can state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, the phrase **in the name of** is used figuratively for authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means the “with the authority of the Lord.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this with plain language. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 kkfo figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 yuap figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase ** Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now God in the highest”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a figurative way or referring to heaven where God dwells. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest The phrase ** in the highest** is a figurative way or referring to heaven where God dwells. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 h2du figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would help your readers you can state this plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 t5nv figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 he went out to Bethany with the Twelve Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 rvd7 figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 11 12 zr8n figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they had returned from Bethany Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had went out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -813,7 +810,7 @@ MRK 11 13 y447 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say
|
|||
MRK 11 13 yg5n figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 if perhaps he could find anything on it Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-litotes οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing except leaves Mark is using a negative expressions to emphasize that there were only leaves on the tree. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 the season Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs”
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.” Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he said to it The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 his disciples heard it The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If the meaning of this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 11 15 hj7z figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 coming Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,57 +819,57 @@ MRK 11 15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out”
|
|||
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those selling and those buying Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling”
|
||||
MRK 11 15 ve56 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 General Information: See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 16 ohxg figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 xrz2 figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Is it not written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’? **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have payed closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dxwe figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer for all nations,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 t9x9 figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qeix figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 t1ho figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 npdf figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is people who are calling God’s temple a house of prayer. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 qvxz figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 But you have made it a den of robbers God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If this would confuse your readers you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they were seeking a way Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way”
|
||||
MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 when evening came Alternate translation: “in the evening”
|
||||
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree had been withered from its roots The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and was dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 20 a83v figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 had been withered The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 having remembered, Peter The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 21 na1k figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 22 ry5v figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 answering, Jesus says to them In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you have faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 22 x8k7 figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples the point that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 mred figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “for example, that whoever might ask God and say, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 a01g figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** figuratively to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If your readers would not understand Jesus’ figurative use of **mountain** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 dwsf figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 c3cj figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 whoever might say Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast* are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one doing it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 k3z4 figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast* are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 may not doubt in his heart, but may believe In the expression **doubt in his heart** the word **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind or inner being. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt but believes” or “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 doeg figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be for him Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”
|
||||
MRK 11 24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Because of this, I say to you Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you”
|
||||
MRK 11 24 c61c figs-yousingular ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** is plural and applies to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 abke figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours In the phrase **it will be to you** the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 m2aw figs-yousingular στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 In this verse every occurrence of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 m7xi figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 when you stand praying It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If this would be misunderstood in your culture you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 ttxg figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** against another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 swa3 figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language that the author of Mark wrote this Gospel in, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 f6ex figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 if you have something against anyone Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 jjs9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive, if you have something against anyone** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 omze figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard; he was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 as he is walking around in the temple The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple since only priests were allowed in inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them? The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would help your readers you can combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?”
|
||||
MRK 11 28 ooxp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you could express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 erqp figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you could express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 from men Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 mc8n figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this book in the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 e7j4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven See how you translated the expression **From heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 tczm grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 tczm grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’ The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But we might say, ‘From men,’… If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -880,55 +877,55 @@ MRK 11 32 z93u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων
|
|||
MRK 11 32 z998 grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 They were afraid of the crowd The author of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 dqlt grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 x4bo grammar-collectivenouns ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 rmbd grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 av5y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” or express the meaning some other way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
|
||||
MRK 11 33 arpm figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized” as modeled by the UST or you could express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Hypothetical Situations\n\nHypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character into the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character into a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 l2i2 translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
|
||||
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 at the season This refers to the time of harvest. If it would help your readers this can be made clear as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 2 su2e γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 3 c321 figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 with nothing Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 2 oxoo figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 3 c321 figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 with nothing Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated”
|
||||
MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 a beloved son If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 the heir It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 the heir If it would help your readers you could state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and the son arrived as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 kefz γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 8 gx6l grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 having seized him Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the lord of the vineyard do? Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 9 g4ce translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 destroy See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the Scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 And have you not read this scripture? Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 mzr2 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. When the Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 kv7t figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 l5ma figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This came from the Lord This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes **in our eyes** is a figurative way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking” about or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes **in our eyes** is a figurative way of referring to the act of seeing. Here, the act of seeing could be referring to “thinking about” or “considering” what is seen. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 they were seeking to seize him Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd they did not” or “but they did not because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 v9wb figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 against them If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 v5wv grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would help your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians **the Herodians** supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 z2sf writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 And they send Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would help your readers, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians **the Herodians** supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be trapped in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 13 s1hb figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, Mark uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 they say Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 14 awv5 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor but rather fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion”
|
||||
MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means to not give attention to people’s outward appearances. Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 The Jewish leaders are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “external status and position.” Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully”, or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 xptc figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 it is not a concern to you about anyone The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” Outward appearance in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase taken as a whole here means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 qvpo figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** figuratively means “external status and position.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language.Alternate translation: “the status and position of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 brm3 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 yfnc figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If your readers would not understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 ap2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 k0tw figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 gtsk figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 he, knowing their hypocrisy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -937,55 +934,55 @@ MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 they said to him, “Caesar’s.
|
|||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 The things of Caesar, give back to Caesar See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God, to God Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 edcn writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who are a sect who deny the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the statement **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 y8yo writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees … come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is not resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 ss09 figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 ax25 figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother may die These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote to us Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 kgws figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother should take the wife Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his brother’s wife”
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 should raise up offspring to his brother The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 r0tg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 There were seven brothers While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 r0tg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 There were seven brothers While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj71 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj2g translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the first took a wife See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the first took a wife See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 uef6 figs-hypo καὶ 1 The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second … the third Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 na6s translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second took her If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 cgzm figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 cgzm figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 tbzw figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow, but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third likewise Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 hx1q translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 the seven The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 the seven did not leave offspring See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife? The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
|
||||
MRK 12 23 c4p5 figs-ellipsis οἱ…ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the scriptures nor the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 sie3 figs-activepassive οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 sie3 figs-activepassive οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the Scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God Alternate translation: “how powerful God is”
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 writing-pronouns ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 For when they may rise Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would help your readers, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 ox82 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 writing-pronouns ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 For when they may rise Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would help your readers, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when people rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 ox82 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they may rise If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 ensg figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 asw4 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 pi8l grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 the heavens What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they mistakenly thought that men and women being raised from the dead automatically meant that their existence would follow the same pattern or order of things as their former lives on earth had. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 mffe figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 z36n figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 that are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 eod4 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned this book. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 eod4 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 jc5a figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 the book of Moses Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 si2b figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v figs-verbs λέγων 1 how God spoke to him In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the God of the dead, but of the living Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 xxzs figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 v7ui figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 the God of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 28 zqy4 writing-participants καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 12 28 b3yh figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** figuratively to mean “understood” or “knew.” He is figuratively describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with eyes. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** figuratively to represent to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 he asked him Here, the scribe is using the word **first** figuratively to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 28 kftz translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 ztyh figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the figurative use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 euim figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,35 +991,35 @@ MRK 12 29 mq92 figs-personification Ἰσραήλ 1 Hear, O Israel, the Lord our
|
|||
MRK 12 29 mmtb Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s god for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only god they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special”
|
||||
MRK 12 30 thj7 figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 xjng figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring figuratively to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 from your whole heart, and from your whole soul Here, the term **heart** figuratively represents a person’s mind and specifically the mind as the center and source of persons thinking and will. If the use of **heart** would not be understood here you could use an equivalent expression or us plain language. Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 m8hi ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with”
|
||||
MRK 12 30 x3n5 figs-abstractnouns ψυχῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 ln0t figs-abstractnouns διανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 mii2 figs-abstractnouns ἰσχύος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 eu8b figs-ellipsis δευτέρα αὕτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 fz8g figs-metaphor δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **second** figuratively to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the figurative use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 oegh translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 fz8g figs-explicit δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **second** to mean “ second most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **second** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The second most important commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 oegh translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **second** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 np4y figs-ellipsis ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 You will love your neighbor as yourself Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 figs-explicit τούτων 1 than these Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 uhgy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 Good, Teacher If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 εἷς ἐστιν 1 he is one See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context.. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 v8yn figs-metaphor καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 v8yn figs-metaphor ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all your mind” or “with your whole mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 from your whole heart … from your whole understanding … from your whole strength If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 k42a figs-abstractnouns ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 from your whole heart See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ekfy figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than”
|
||||
MRK 12 34 hkf7 figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God If it would help your readers you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God”
|
||||
MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God If it would help your readers you can state the saying **You are not far from the kingdom of God** in positive form. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God”
|
||||
MRK 12 34 is4c figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God Here, Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. f your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 lfti figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 no one any longer was daring If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 answering, Jesus, teaching in the temple, said See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 How do the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context you can express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 jlbd figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1031,35 +1028,35 @@ MRK 12 36 k2j1 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 In this
|
|||
MRK 12 36 rfy9 translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 To place an enemy under one’s feet is symbolic for conquering an enemy and making them submit and so here it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 j7wn figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u figs-explicit λέγει αὐτὸν 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ssq3 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 and how is he his son? Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ssq3 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 qpdy figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 and how is he his son? Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 qucc grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Us a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 tjp6 figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 bh8w grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 rwxq figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 yhfv figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 nxy9 translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a **long robe** was to assert wealth and status. If it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 mu5a figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings**, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “desire respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 39 mwmf figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here figuratively mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says figuratively that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of the widows Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 the houses of the widows Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would help your readers you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
|
||||
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crown put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation Jesus is using the word **condemnation** figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would help your readers you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would help your readers you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 r69x writing-background καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 nohd writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information that Mark provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticed that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 p2kp figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the temple offering box Mark is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 w4xc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 jgkw figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 rl1l figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 two mites The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews which was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 42 n29e translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 are a quadrans A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 43 ih0m figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n8z5 figs-explicit πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων 1 all of those putting into In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated this term in [12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 having called See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 44 c7jj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 12 44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
|
||||
MRK 12 44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 abundance Alternate translation: “but she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1068,7 +1065,7 @@ MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 of her livelihood Alternate tran
|
|||
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
|
||||
MRK 13 1 rrv1 Διδάσκαλε 1 General Information: See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones which the temple walls were built with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge blocks of stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς 1 Do you see these great buildings? Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and to emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 xdhj figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Stone upon stone may certainly not be left here, which may certainly not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 writing-pronouns καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας 1 And as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were asking him by privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 by himself Alternate translation: “when they were alone” or “privately”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1076,23 +1073,23 @@ MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ
|
|||
MRK 13 4 lw1n figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 when all these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to say to them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would help your readers you can clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 qekc figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 cee7 figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to many people. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close or wars that far away”
|
||||
MRK 13 6 pbz4 figs-explicit πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς 1 Here, both uses of the word **many** refer to “many people.” If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 they will lead many astray The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would help your readers you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 you may hear of wars and rumors of wars The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: See the UST. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 but the end is not yet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means the end of the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 ydrb figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 rlxf figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 oyrd figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’ 1 will rise against The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 hz6g figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 wpd3 figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If your readers would not understand this you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 pcyi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 **these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually give way to joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 nuti figs-metaphor βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus uses **birth pains** figuratively here for the sufferings he has just described. Jesus speaks of these things as **the beginning of birth pains** because more severe things will happen after them. Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because in the same way that the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a child is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy in the future when Christ returns. Because giving birth is something that happens in all cultures you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 nuti figs-metaphor βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 c2cl figs-yousingular βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς 1 But you, watch yourselves In the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 ulws figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves because he now transitions from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they themselves will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 mbr5 writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1105,33 +1102,33 @@ MRK 13 9 y6p6 writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a
|
|||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 But first, it is necessary for the gospel to be proclaimed to all the nations Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 sfjc figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “people to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 e6ad figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 handing you over Here, **handing … over** means to deliver to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 m0xq figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 nr2r figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 q2o3 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because they hate Jesus and because their family members believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 toqp figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members because these people hate Jesus and their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 py9u figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 brother will deliver brother to death Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 m6iq figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 m6iq figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 utyk figs-abstractnouns θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verb form. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 b9ux figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father, his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 hrhw figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful to your readers you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “parents their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to the authorities to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 vjcw figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 12 r66s translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 children will rise up against parents Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w8pz figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endured** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 to the end The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would pay to this warning. If it would help your readers you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter their house from the front. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would help your readers you can indicate the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. It it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would help your readers you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 on the housetop Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his readers will know this and that they will know that the roofs were separate from the rest of the house and that in order to access the inside of a house a person would have to go down the stairs on the back of the house and then enter the house from the front. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 16 y1e9 translate-unknown ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bv9z ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
|
||||
MRK 13 17 u8kk figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bv9z figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who nurse their babies. If it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 17 u8kk figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w47v translate-versebridge προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος 1 pray that If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving the entire contents of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w91r translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 in winter In the location Jesus is referring to **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and difficult to travel. If this would confuse your readers you could use a term that your readers would be familiar with in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 13 19 zs4g figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1140,14 +1137,14 @@ MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 such as these have
|
|||
MRK 13 19 r1ly figs-abstractnouns ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 19 c5sz figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 may certainly not happen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “certainly will not happen again” or “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-idiom μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν 1 did not cut short the days **cut short** is an idiom which means “to shorten.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 el7g figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 dosx figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 el7g figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας 2 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 dosx figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 q8hm figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 for the sake of the elect Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 fz5f figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people he chose, because he loves them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 fz5f figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 af7n figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as modeled by the UST.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in verse 22 he gives the reason for the command. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 21–22 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 qsfu figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 qsfu figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 yfd3 figs-ellipsis ἴδε, ἐκεῖ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look, there is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 yw81 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 to deceive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 n81i figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 false Christs See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1159,51 +1156,51 @@ MRK 13 24 n2rr grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ 1 The word **after** i
|
|||
MRK 13 24 mfy8 figs-abstractnouns θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις 1 the powers that are in the heavens **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings”
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις 1 the powers that are in the heavens Here, **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings”
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 kl95 writing-pronouns τότε ὄψονται 1 then they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 kl95 writing-pronouns τότε ὄψονται 1 then they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. If it would help your readers you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 yn52 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 26 a130 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 nlo7 figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις 1 Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 nlo7 figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις 1 Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that the phrase **coming in the clouds** means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 cd1e figs-hendiadys μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 The phrase **with great power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 nsyo figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 he will gather together See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west and means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks figuratively, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 from the end of the earth to the end of the sky The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 ti6e τῆς συκῆς 1 See how you translated **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 28 u8ha figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς 1 tender Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 ti6e τῆς συκῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 28 u8ha figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς 1 tender Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 z417 ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 summer Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
|
||||
MRK 13 29 q53b ταῦτα 1 these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
|
||||
MRK 13 29 aul8 writing-pronouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 29 ini9 figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 29 iavl γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 1 The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near**. Alternate translation: See the UST.
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the doors The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the doors The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” or “and close to arriving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 m7ux figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h7dm οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when”
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will certainly not pass away Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h7dm οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, μέχρις 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when”
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q ταῦτα 1 until all these things Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described”
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Heaven and earth Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will certainly not pass away Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Heaven and earth Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will certainly not pass away Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 cq65 οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly.Alternate translation: “the day or hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the day or hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 figs-extrainfo οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives and not to the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 c1b2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me” or “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 c1b2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “me” or “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 gwh2 εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 except the Father Alternate translation: “only God the Father knows”
|
||||
MRK 13 33 pj0v figs-explicit ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 Jesus is using the expression **Stay awake** in a figurative sense. If your readers would not understand what it means to **Stay awake** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 33 pj0v figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 Jesus is using the expression **Stay awake** in a figurative sense. If your readers would not understand what it means to **Stay awake** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is Here, **the time** refers to Christ’s second coming. If it would help your readers you can state that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 ygl0 figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 To help his disciples understand how they should live while they wait for his second coming Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand how they should live while they were waiting for his return: ‘As a man on a journey’” or “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand what their attitude should be like while they waited for him to return: ‘As a man on a journey’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 iwt8 ὡς 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **As** to introduce a comparison. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a comparison. Alternate translation: “It is like”
|
||||
MRK 13 34 huof figs-genericnoun ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 Jesus is speaking of a **man** or person in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “It is like when a person decides to go on a journey, and before leaving their house, asks their servants to manage the house. And the person gives each servant their responsibilities and commands the door-keeper to stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 ygl0 figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 To help his disciples understand how they should live while they wait for his second coming, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand how they should live while they were waiting for his return: ‘As a man on a journey’” or “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand what their attitude should be like while they waited for him to return: ‘As a man on a journey’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 iwt8 figs-simile ὡς 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **As** to introduce a comparison. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a comparison. Alternate translation: “It is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 huof figs-genericnoun ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 Jesus is speaking of a **man** or person in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “It is like when a person decides to go on a journey, and before leaving their house, that person asks their servants to manage the house. And the person gives each servant their responsibilities and commands the door-keeper to stay alert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 w4dy figs-abstractnouns καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 z7wi grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 whether evening Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 c96l grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε οὖν; οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ 1 What follows the word **because** here is the reason that Jesus wants his disciples to **stay alert**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing giving a reason for doing something. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “therefore, stay alert! The reason you should stay alert is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 gx23 figs-123person ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται 1 By calling himself **the lord of the house** Jesus is identifying himself as the “man on a journey” in the story he told in the previous verse. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 v6it figs-metonymy ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 v6it figs-metonymy ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 35 s8j9 translate-unknown ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 when the rooster crows A **rooster** is a large bird that calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** in a figurative sense to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be asleep in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** in a figurative sense to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sleeping** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 36 wd97 figs-123person εὕρῃ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 14 1 hwb4 writing-background δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1211,24 +1208,24 @@ MRK 14 1 xa8f figs-explicit ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμ
|
|||
MRK 14 1 ve8f writing-pronouns αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 1 qtym figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 2 em4q writing-pronouns ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “For the chief priests and the scribes were saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 owfp καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 owfp writing-pronouns καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while he was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper **Simon** is the name of a man. This man previously had leprosy but no longer had this disease. If this man still had leprosy he would have been considered ceremonially unclean in this society and would not have been allowed to be in the presence of people who did not have leprosy. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. Alternate translation: “Simon the man who formerly had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 hh81 λεπροῦ 1 See how you translated the term “leprosy” in [1:42](../1/42.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 3 sh4s translate-unknown κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 as he is reclining at table In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 nl8f translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown μύρου 1 an alabaster jar This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” or “containing perfumed oil made of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 rw4f figs-possession μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 Mark is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 rw4f figs-possession μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 In this phrase, the second occurrence of the word **of** is used to describe **perfumed oil** that is “made from” **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “containing perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 yb3w πολυτελοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “very precious”
|
||||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν 1 For what has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 4 g9qw figs-ellipsis εἰς τί 1 Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 4 gjmg translate-unknown μύρου 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 xfzs translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 this perfume was able to be sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 this perfume was able to be sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 300 denarii See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-nominaladj δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 k83q figs-explicit δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase **given to the poor** refers to giving the money which would be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 k83q figs-explicit δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 kmpd καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ 1 Alternate translation: “And then they spoke harshly to her because of what she had done”
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you troubling her? With the statement **Why are you causing trouble for her** Jesus is not asking for information, but rather is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 f4yj figs-abstractnouns ἔργον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1241,10 +1238,9 @@ MRK 14 10 br8z translate-names Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ 1 See how you t
|
|||
MRK 14 10 tq5a figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might betray him to them **Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 hmhr ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to help them arrest Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 14 10 khvb παραδοῖ 1 See how you translated the phrase **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 10 khvb παραδοῖ 1 See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 10 u2ec writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 But when they heard it It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 11 y3s3 ἐχάρησαν 1 Alternate translation: “were very glad”
|
||||
MRK 14 11 m4il figs-metonymy αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 11 f7ek writing-pronouns ἐζήτει 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 11 jrym writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would help your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1256,55 +1252,55 @@ MRK 14 13 a7xg translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 bearing a pitc
|
|||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 yhtm διδάσκαλος 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 14 imqg τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ 1 Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house”
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 guest room Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 guest room Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers would not understand this you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 15 jlci translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 15 x3zk figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον 1 make the preparations for us there The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table and is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 15 k4t7 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples left Alternate translation: “the two disciples left”
|
||||
MRK 14 16 wkh9 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the Twelve If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express explicitly where Jesus and his disciples came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 17 t0q5 figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
MRK 14 17 bheu figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων 1 as they were reclining at table See how you translated the phrase **reclining to eat** in [14:3](../14/03.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 18 v5es παραδώσει 1 See how you translated the phrase **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 18 v5es παραδώσει 1 See how you translated the word **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 19 layt writing-pronouns ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι 1 The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 19 v3a1 figs-idiom εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-doublenegatives μήτι 1 Surely not I? The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of a negative Greek word that Mark used. The word Mark used to show the disciples response to Jesus statement in the previous verst. It is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-doublenegatives μήτι 1 Surely not I? The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 20 n1tv figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 20 htn4 figs-explicit ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 who is dipping with me into the bowl Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 cif4 figs-123person ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 cif4 figs-123person ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 h35q Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../2/10.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 21 q5l3 figs-euphemism ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 hl6z figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 q5l3 figs-euphemism ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 hl6z figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 b13q figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” did it. Alternate translation: “men inspired by God have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 f51n figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is being betrayed You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ne53 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in 9:13. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ukuc figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ne53 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked and the **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread**, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ukuc figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 oqv3 figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed it** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ula2 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ula2 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke it Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as the UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
|
||||
MRK 14 22 amg7 figs-explicit καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 The implication of the phrase **and gave it to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 adb2 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my body**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 having taken a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 having taken a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or you can indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 whqj εὐχαριστήσας 1 Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 nj85 grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 nj85 grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my blood**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This wine represents my blood which establishes the covenant, and it is my blood which I will pour out for many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine”
|
||||
MRK 14 24 pt5q figs-activepassive τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 25 mxwn figs-doublenegatives ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν 1 The phrase **certainly not** and the phrase **any longer** are both negative phrases and therefore this is a double negative. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you can know for certain that the next time I drink wine will be when I drink it new” or “that you can know for certain that I will only drink wine again when I drink it new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 t7ai figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 from the fruit of the vine Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 t7ai figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 from the fruit of the vine Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice (which is fermented and becomes wine) that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 qyf8 figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 y1pf αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν, ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 new The word **new** could be referring to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../luk/022/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it anew in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it again when I celebrate the Passover after it is fulfilled when God’s kingdom is consummated” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”
|
||||
MRK 14 25 ue3j figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [1:15](../1/15.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 26 l996 translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 having sung a hymn A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a Psalm from Psalms 113-118 at the end of the Passover meal so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was one of these Psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a Psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 gkb5 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 gkb5 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 jp51 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Zechariah” did it. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote regarding what would happen to the Messiah and his followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 qzzv figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 cv7z figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from from Zechariah 13:7 in which the prophet Zechariah speaks metaphorically of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 cv7z figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from from ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks metaphorically of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea behind the phrase **the sheep will be scattered** in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase **the sheep will be scattered** does not necessarily imply that there is someone making the action of scattering happen so try to translate this phrase in a way that simply shows that **the sheep will be scattered** without saying who will make the action happen. Alternate translation: “the sheep will run away in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-explicit ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up The phrase **raised up** means to become alive again after having died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 qi4g figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1320,16 +1316,16 @@ MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is By u
|
|||
MRK 14 34 krj1 figs-abstractnouns ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow or you can turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I feel so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it is possible Alternate translation: “if possible”
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-idiom παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-idiom παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If this idiom would confuse your readers you can state the meaning in plain language as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 gj74 figs-metonymy παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus is figuratively referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming **hour** as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is figuratively associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves; by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If your readers would not understand what **cup** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 s1r5 figs-imperative παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The statement **Remove this cup from me** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d writing-pronouns εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 finds them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “finds the three disciples sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **Peter** for falling asleep. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 hi36 figs-abstractnouns προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “pray, so that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you may not enter into temptation The implications are that the disciples will soon experience the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα 1 The spirit … the flesh Jesus is figuratively describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md) where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 djxc figs-abstractnouns τὸ…πνεῦμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you could express the same idea in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 gt2n figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what makes God happy” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1558,4 +1554,4 @@ MRK 16 8 dlji figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “went”
|
|||
MRK 16 8 sh40 figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed”. Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed and trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 16 8 bdgb figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gipping** is an idiom means “to over come.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 16 8 ydb0 καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 Alternate translation: “And they told no one anything”
|
||||
MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with his mouth, which he would use to say something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 to7w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is figuratively describing something Jesus would say by association with the words that came from his mouth when he taught them this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue